blob: d362880c7254847ba123f0f55aa6a761206cf430 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
260 make TQM823L_config
261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
427 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
430 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
431 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
432
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
434 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
435 connected to the DSP core.
436
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
438 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
439
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
441 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
442 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
443 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
444
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530445 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
446 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
447 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
448
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800449 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
450 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
451 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
452
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000453- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700454 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
455 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
456 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
457 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
458 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
459
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000460 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
461
462 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
463 values is arch specific.
464
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
466 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
467 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
468 SoCs.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
471 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
474 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
475 deskew training are not available.
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
478 Freescale DDR1 controller.
479
480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
481 Freescale DDR2 controller.
482
483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
484 Freescale DDR3 controller.
485
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
487 Freescale DDR4 controller.
488
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
490 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
491
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
493 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
494 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
495 implemetation.
496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
498 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
499 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
500 implementation.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
503 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700504 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
505
506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
507 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
508 DDR3L controllers.
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
511 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
512 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700513
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
515 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
516
517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
518 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
521 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
522 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
523
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
525 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
526 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
527 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
528
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530529 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
530 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
531 concatenated with u-boot binary.
532
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
534 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
537 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
538
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
540 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
541 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
542 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
543
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800544 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
545 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
546 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
547 SoCs with ARM core.
548
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100549- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200550 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100551
552 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
553 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
554 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200556 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200557
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100558 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
559 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200560 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100561 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200562
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200563- MIPS CPU options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
565
566 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
567 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
568 relocation.
569
570 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
571
572 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
573 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
574 Possible values are:
575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
577 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
581 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
583
584 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
585
586 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
587 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
588
589 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
590
591 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
592 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
593 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
594
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000595- ARM options:
596 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
597
598 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
599 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
600
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000601 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
602
603 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
604 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
605 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
606 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
607 GCC.
608
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000609 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000610 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000615
616 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
617 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
618 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
619 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
620 set these options unless they apply!
621
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000622- CPU timer options:
623 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
624
625 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
626 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
627 option must be set to 1000.
628
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000629- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000630 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
631
632 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
633 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
634 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
635 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
636 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
637 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
638 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000639 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100640 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641 default environment.
642
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000643 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
644
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200645 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000646 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
647 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
648
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400649 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200650
651 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400652 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
653 concepts).
654
655 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
656 * New libfdt-based support
657 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500658 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400659
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200660 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
661 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
662 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
663 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200664 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600665 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200666
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200667 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
668 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500669
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600670 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
671
672 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
673 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000674
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500675 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
676
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200677 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500678 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
679
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200680 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
681
682 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
683 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
684 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
685 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
686 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
687 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
688
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000689 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
690
691 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
692 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
693 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
694 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
695 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
696 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
697 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
698
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100699- vxWorks boot parameters:
700
701 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
702 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
703 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
704
705 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
706 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
707 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
708 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
709
710 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
711
712 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
713
714 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
715 the defaults discussed just above.
716
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000717- Cache Configuration:
718 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
719 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
720 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
721
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000722- Cache Configuration for ARM:
723 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
724 controller
725 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
726 controller register space
727
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000728- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200729 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000730
731 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
732
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200733 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000734
735 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
736
737 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
738
739 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
740 the clock speed of the UARTs.
741
742 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
743
744 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
745 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
746 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
747
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000748 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
749
750 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
751 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
752 this variable to initialize the extra register.
753
754 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
755
756 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
757 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
758 variable to flush the UART at init time.
759
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400760 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
761
762 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
763 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000765- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000766 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
767 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
768 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
769 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
772 port routines must be defined elsewhere
773 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
774
775 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
776 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000777 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
779 (default big endian)
780 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
781 rectangle fill
782 (cf. smiLynxEM)
783 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
784 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
785 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
786 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000787 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
788 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
790 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000791 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
793 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
794 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
795 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
796 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
797 (i.e. i8042_getc)
798 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
799 (requires blink timer
800 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200801 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
803 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500804 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000805 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
806 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000807 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
808 linux_logo.h for logo.
809 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200811 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812 the logo
813
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000814 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
815 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
816 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
817
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000818 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
819 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
820 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000822 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
823 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
824 the "silent" environment variable. See
825 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000826
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
828 is 0x00.
829 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
830 is 0xa0.
831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832- Console Baudrate:
833 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
834 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200835 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
836 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000837
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100838- Console Rx buffer length
839 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
840 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100841 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100842 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
843 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
844 the SMC.
845
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000846- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
848 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
849 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
850 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
851 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
852 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
853 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200854 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200855 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000856
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200857 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
858 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000859
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000860- Safe printf() functions
861 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
862 the printf() functions. These are defined in
863 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
864 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
865 If this option is not given then these functions will
866 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
867 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
870 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
871 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000872 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
873 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
875 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
876 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
877 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
878 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
879 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
880 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
881 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
882 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
883 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
884 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
885 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
886 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
887
888- Autoboot Command:
889 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
890 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
891 define a command string that is automatically executed
892 when no character is read on the console interface
893 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
894
895 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000896 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
897 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
898 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899
900 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000901 The value of these goes into the environment as
902 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
903 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200904 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100906- Bootcount:
907 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
908 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
909 cycle, see:
910 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
911
912 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
913 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
914 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
915 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
916 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
917 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
918 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
919 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
920 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922- Pre-Boot Commands:
923 CONFIG_PREBOOT
924
925 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
926 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
927 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
928 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
929 entering interactive mode.
930
931 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
932 automatically generated or modified. For an example
933 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
934 modified when the user holds down a certain
935 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
936 booting the systems
937
938- Serial Download Echo Mode:
939 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
940 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
941 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
942 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
943 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
944 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
945 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
946
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500947- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
949 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200950 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
952- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500953 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
954 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000955 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
956 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 and augmenting with additional #define's
958 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000959
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500960 The default command configuration includes all commands
961 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100963 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
966 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
967 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
969 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
970 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800971 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500972 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
975 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
976 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600977 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
978 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
979 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
980 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
982 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500983 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
985 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600986 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600987 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000990 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
991 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700992 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
993 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000996 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500997 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
998 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200999 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001001 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001002 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001003 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1005 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1007 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001009 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001010 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001011 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001012 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1014 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1015 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1016 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001017 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1019 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001020 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1021 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001022 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001023 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001026 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001028 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1029 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1030 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001031 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001032 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1033 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001034 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001035 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001036 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1038 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1040 host
1041 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001042 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1044 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001045 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1048 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1049 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1050 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1051 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001052 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001053 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001054 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001055 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001056 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001058 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001059 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001060 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1061 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001062 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001065 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001066 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
1068 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1069 support you can write:
1070
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1072 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001074 Other Commands:
1075 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076
1077 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001078 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001079 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1080 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1081 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1082 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1083 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1084 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
1086
1087 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1088
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001089- Regular expression support:
1090 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1092 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1093 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1094 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001095
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001096- Device tree:
1097 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1098 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1099 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1100 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1101 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1102 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1103
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001104 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1105 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001106
1107 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1109 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1110 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1111 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1112 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001113
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001114 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1115 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1116 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1117 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1118
1119 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1120
1121 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1122 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1123 still use the individual files if you need something more
1124 exotic.
1125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001126- Watchdog:
1127 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1128 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001129 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1130 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1131 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1132 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1133 available, then no further board specific code should
1134 be needed to use it.
1135
1136 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1137 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1138 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1139 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141- U-Boot Version:
1142 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1143 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1144 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1145 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001146 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1147 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001148
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001149- Real-Time Clock:
1150
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1153 following options:
1154
1155 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1156 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001159 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001161 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001162 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001163 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001164 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001166 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1167 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001168
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001169 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1170 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1171
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001172- GPIO Support:
1173 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001174
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001175 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1176 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1177 pins supported by a particular chip.
1178
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001179 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1180 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182- Timestamp Support:
1183
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001184 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1185 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1186 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001187 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001188
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001189- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1190 Zero or more of the following:
1191 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1192 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1193 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1194 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1195 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1196 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1197 disk/part_efi.c
1198 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001200 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1201 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001202 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
1204- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001205 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1206 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001207
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001208 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1209 be performed by calling the function
1210 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1211 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
1213- ATAPI Support:
1214 CONFIG_ATAPI
1215
1216 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1217
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001218- LBA48 Support
1219 CONFIG_LBA48
1220
1221 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001222 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001223 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1224 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001226 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001227 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1228 Default is 32bit.
1229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001230- SCSI Support:
1231 At the moment only there is only support for the
1232 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1233 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001235 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1236 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1237 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1239 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001240 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001241
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001242 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1243 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001246 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001247 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1248
1249 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1250 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1251 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1252 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1253
1254 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1255 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1256 example with the "sspi" command.
1257
1258 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1259 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1260 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001261
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001262 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001263 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001265 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1266 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001267 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001268 write routine for first time initialisation.
1269
1270 CONFIG_TULIP
1271 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1272 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1273 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1274
1275 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1276 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1277
1278 CONFIG_NS8382X
1279 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1280
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001281- NETWORK Support (other):
1282
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001283 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1284 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1285
1286 CONFIG_RMII
1287 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1288
1289 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1290 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1291 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1292
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001293 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1294 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1295
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001296 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001297 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1298
1299 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1300 Define this to hold the physical address
1301 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1302
1303 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1304 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1305
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001306 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001307 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1308
1309 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1310 Define this to hold the physical address
1311 of the device (I/O space)
1312
1313 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1314 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1315
1316 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1317 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1318 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1319
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001320 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1321 Support for davinci emac
1322
1323 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1324 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1325
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001326 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1327 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1328
1329 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1330 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1331 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1332 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1333 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1334 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1335 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1336 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1337
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001338 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001339 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1340
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001341 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001342 Define this to hold the physical address
1343 of the device (I/O space)
1344
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001345 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001346 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1347
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001348 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001349 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1350 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001351 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001352
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001353 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1354 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1355
1356 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1357 Define the number of ports to be used
1358
1359 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1360 Define the ETH PHY's address
1361
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001362 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1363 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1364
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001365- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001366 CONFIG_TPM
1367 Support TPM devices.
1368
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001369 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1370 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1371 per system is supported at this time.
1372
1373 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1374 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1375
1376 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1377 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1378
1379 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1380 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1381
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001382 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1383 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1384
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001385 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001386 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1387 per system is supported at this time.
1388
1389 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1390 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1391 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1392 0xfed40000.
1393
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001394 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1395 Add tpm monitor functions.
1396 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1397 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1398
1399 CONFIG_TPM
1400 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1401 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1402 Requires support for a TPM device.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1405 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1406 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408- USB Support:
1409 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001410 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001411 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1412 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001413 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001414 storage devices.
1415 Note:
1416 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1417 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001418 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1419 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1420 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001421 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1422 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001423 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1424 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1425 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001426 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1427 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001428 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001429 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1430 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001431
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001432 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1433 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1434
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001435 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1436 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1437
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001438- USB Device:
1439 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1440 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1441 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001442 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001443 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1444 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001445 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001446 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1447 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1448 a Linux host by
1449 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1450 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1451 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1452 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001453
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001454 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1455 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001456
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001457 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1458 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1459 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001460
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301461 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1462 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1463 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1464 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1465 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1466 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1467 speed.
1468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001469 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001470 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1471 be set to usbtty.
1472
1473 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001474 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001475 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001476 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001478 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001479 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001480 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001481
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001482 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001483 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001484 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001485 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1486 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1487 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1488
1489 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1490 Define this string as the name of your company for
1491 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001492
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1494 Define this string as the name of your product
1495 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1496
1497 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1498 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1499 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1500 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1501 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001502
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001503 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1504 Define this as the unique Product ID
1505 for your device
1506 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001507
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001508- ULPI Layer Support:
1509 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1510 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1511 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1512 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1513 viewport is supported.
1514 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1515 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001516 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1517 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1518 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001519
1520- MMC Support:
1521 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1522 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1523 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1524 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001525 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1526 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001527
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001528 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1529 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1530
1531 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1532 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1533
1534 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1535 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1536
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001537- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1538 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1539 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1540
1541 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1542 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1543 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1544 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1545 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1546
1547 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1548 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1549
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001550 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1551 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1552
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301553 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1554 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1555 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1556 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1557 one that would help mostly the developer.
1558
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001559 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1560 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1561 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1562 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1563 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1564
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001565 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1566 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1567 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1568 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1569 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1570 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1571
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001572 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1573 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1574 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1575 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1576
1577 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1578 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1579 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1580 sending again an USB request to the device.
1581
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001582- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1583 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1584 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1585 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001587 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1588 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001589 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001591 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001592 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1593 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1594
1595 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001596 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001597 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1598 have not defined a custom partition
1599
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001600- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1601 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001602
1603 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1604 file in FAT formatted partition.
1605
1606 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1607 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001608
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001609CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1610 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1611
1612 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1613 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1614 and cbfsload.
1615
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001616- Keyboard Support:
1617 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1618
1619 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1620 support
1621
1622 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1623 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1624 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1625 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1626 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1627
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001628 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1629 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1630 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1631 which provides key scans on request.
1632
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001633- Video support:
1634 CONFIG_VIDEO
1635
1636 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1637 video).
1638
1639 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1640
1641 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1642
1643 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001644 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001645 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1646 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1647 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001648
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001649 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001650 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001651 are possible:
1652 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001653 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001654
1655 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1656 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1657 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1658 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1659 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1660 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1661 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001662 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1663
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001664 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001665 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001666
1667
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001668 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001669 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001670 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1671 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1672
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001673 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001674 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001675 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1676 support, and should also define these other macros:
1677
1678 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1679 CONFIG_VIDEO
1680 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1681 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1682 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1683 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1684 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1685 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1686
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001687 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1688 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1689 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1690 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001691
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001692 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1693
1694 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1695 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1696 driver.
1697
1698
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001699- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001700 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001701
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001702 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1703 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1704 defined in your board-specific files.
1705 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001706
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001707- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1708
1709 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1710 display); also select one of the supported displays
1711 by defining one of these:
1712
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001713 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1714
1715 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1716
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001717 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001718
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001719 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001720
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001721 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001722
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001723 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1724 Active, color, single scan.
1725
1726 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1727
1728 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001729 Active, color, single scan.
1730
1731 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1732
1733 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1734 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1735
1736 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1737
1738 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1739 Active, color, single scan.
1740
1741 CONFIG_HLD1045
1742
1743 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1744 Active, color, single scan.
1745
1746 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1747
1748 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1749 or
1750 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1751 or
1752 Hitachi SP14Q002
1753
1754 320x240. Black & white.
1755
1756 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001757 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001758
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001759 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1760
1761 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1762 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1763 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1764 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1765 a per-section basis.
1766
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001767 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1768
1769 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1770 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1771 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1772 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001773
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001774 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1775
1776 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1777
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001778 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1779
1780 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1781 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1782
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001783- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001784
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001785 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1786 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1787 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001788 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001789 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1790 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1791 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1792 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001793
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001794 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1795
1796 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1797 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001798 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001799 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1800 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1801 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1802 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1803 there is no need to set this option.
1804
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001805 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1806
1807 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1808 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1809 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1810 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1811 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1812 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1813
1814 Example:
1815 setenv splashpos m,m
1816 => image at center of screen
1817
1818 setenv splashpos 30,20
1819 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1820
1821 setenv splashpos -10,m
1822 => vertically centered image
1823 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1824
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001825- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1826
1827 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1828 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1829 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1830
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001831- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1832
1833 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1834 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1835 bmp command.
1836
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001837- Do compresssing for memory range:
1838 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1839
1840 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1841 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1842
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001843- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001844 CONFIG_GZIP
1845
1846 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1847
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001848 CONFIG_BZIP2
1849
1850 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1851 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1852 compressed images are supported.
1853
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001854 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001855 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001856 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001857
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001858 CONFIG_LZMA
1859
1860 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1861 images is included.
1862
1863 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1864 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1865 formula:
1866
1867 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1868
1869 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1870 and Literal pos bits.
1871
1872 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1873 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1874 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1875 a very small buffer.
1876
1877 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1878 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001879 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001880
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001881 CONFIG_LZO
1882
1883 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1884 is included.
1885
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001886- MII/PHY support:
1887 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1888
1889 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1890
1891 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1892
1893 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1894
1895 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1896
1897 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001898 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001899
1900 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1901
1902 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1903 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1904 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1905 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1906
1907 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1908
1909 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1910 command issued before MII status register can be read
1911
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001912- Ethernet address:
1913 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001914 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1916 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001917 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1918 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001919
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001920 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1921 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922 is not determined automatically.
1923
1924- IP address:
1925 CONFIG_IPADDR
1926
1927 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001928 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001929 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001930 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001931
1932- Server IP address:
1933 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1934
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001935 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001936 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001937 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001939 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1940
1941 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1942 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1943
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001944- Gateway IP address:
1945 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1946
1947 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1948 default router where packets to other networks are
1949 sent to.
1950 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1951
1952- Subnet mask:
1953 CONFIG_NETMASK
1954
1955 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1956 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1957 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1958 forwarded through a router.
1959 (Environment variable "netmask")
1960
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001961- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1962 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1963
1964 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1965 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001966 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001967 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1968 multicast group.
1969
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1971 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1972
1973 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1974 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1975 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1976 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1977 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1978 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1979 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1980 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001981 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
1983 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1984 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1985 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1986 4th and following
1987 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1988
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001989- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001990 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1991 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001992
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001993 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1994 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1995 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1996 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1997 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1998 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1999 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2000 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2001 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2002 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2003 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2004 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002005 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002006
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002007 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2008 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002009
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002010 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2011 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2012 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2013 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2014 is not available.
2015
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002016 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2017 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2018 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2019 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2020 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2021 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2022 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002023 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002024
2025 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2026 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2027 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002028 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002029 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2030 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002031
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002032 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2033
2034 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2035 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2036 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2037 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2038 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2039 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2040 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2041 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2042 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2043 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2044 this delay.
2045
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002046 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2047 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2048 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2049 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2050 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2051
2052 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2053
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002054 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002055 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002056
2057 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2058
2059 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2060
2061 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2062 of the device.
2063
2064 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2065
2066 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2067 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002068 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002069
2070 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2071
2072 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2073 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2074
2075 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2076
2077 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2078
2079 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2080
2081 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2082
2083 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2084
2085 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2086
2087 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2088
2089 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2090 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2091
2092 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2093
2094 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002096- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2097
2098 Several configurations allow to display the current
2099 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2100 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2101 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2102 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2103 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2104 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2105 feature in U-Boot.
2106
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002107 Additional options:
2108
2109 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2110 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2111 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2112 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2113 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2114
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002115 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2116 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2117 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2118 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2119 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2120 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2121
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002122- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2123
2124 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2125 on those systems that support this (optional)
2126 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2127
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002128- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002129
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002130 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2131 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2132 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2133 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2134 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2135 interface.
2136
2137 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002138 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2139 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2140 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2141 for defining speed and slave address
2142 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2143 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2144 for defining speed and slave address
2145 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2146 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2147 for defining speed and slave address
2148 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2149 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2150 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002151
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002152 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2153 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2154 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2155 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2156 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2157 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002158 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002159 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2160 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2161 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2162 second bus.
2163
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002164 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002165 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2166 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2167 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002168
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002169 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2170 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2173
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002174 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2175 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2176 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2177 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2178 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2179 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2180 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2181 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2182 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2183 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2184
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002185 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2186 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2187 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2188
2189 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2190 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2191 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2192 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2193 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2194 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2195 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2196 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2197 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2198
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002199 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2200 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2201 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2202
2203 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2204 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2205 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2206 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2207 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2208 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2209 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2210 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2211 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2212 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2213 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2214 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2215 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2216
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002217 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2218 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2219 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2220 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2221 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2222 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2223 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2224 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2225 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2226 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2227 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2228 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2229
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002230 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2231 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2232 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2233 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2234
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302235 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2236 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2237 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2238 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2239 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2240
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002241 additional defines:
2242
2243 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2244 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2245 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2246 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2247 omit this define.
2248
2249 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2250 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2251 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2252 omit this define.
2253
2254 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2255 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2256 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2257 define.
2258
2259 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2260 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2261 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2262 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2263 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2264
2265 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2266 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2267 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2268 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2269 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2270 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2271 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2272 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2273 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2274 }
2275
2276 which defines
2277 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002278 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2279 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2280 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2281 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2282 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002283 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002284 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2285 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002286
2287 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2288
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002289- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002290
2291 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2292 provides the following compelling advantages:
2293
2294 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2295 - approved multibus support
2296 - better i2c mux support
2297
2298 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2299
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002300 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2301 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2302 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002304 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002305 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002306 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2307 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002308 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002310 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002312 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002313 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002315 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002316 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002317 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002318 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002319
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002320 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002321 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002322 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2323 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2324 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002325
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2327
2328 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2329 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2330 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2331 commands until the slave device responds.
2332
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002333 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002334
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002335 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002336 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2337 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002338
2339 I2C_INIT
2340
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002341 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002342 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002344 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002345
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346 I2C_PORT
2347
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002348 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2349 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2350 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002351
2352 I2C_ACTIVE
2353
2354 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2355 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2356 define can be null.
2357
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002358 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2359
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360 I2C_TRISTATE
2361
2362 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2363 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2364 define can be null.
2365
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002366 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2367
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368 I2C_READ
2369
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002370 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2371 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002372
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002373 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2374
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375 I2C_SDA(bit)
2376
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002377 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2378 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002380 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002381 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002382 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002383
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002384 I2C_SCL(bit)
2385
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002386 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2387 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002389 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002390 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002391 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002392
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393 I2C_DELAY
2394
2395 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2396 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002397 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002398 like:
2399
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002400 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002402 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2403
2404 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2405 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2406 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2407 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2408
2409 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2410 the generic GPIO functions.
2411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002412 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002413
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002414 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2415 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2416 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2417 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2418 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2419 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2420 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2421 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002422
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002423 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2424
2425 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2426 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2427 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2428 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2429 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2430 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2431 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2432 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2433
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002434 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2435
2436 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2437 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2438 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2439
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002440 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2441
2442 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002443 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2444 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002445 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002447 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002448
2449 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002450 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002451 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2452 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002453
2454 e.g.
2455 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002456 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002457
2458 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2459
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002460 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002461 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002462
2463 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002465 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002466
2467 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2468 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002470 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002471
2472 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2473 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002475 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002476
2477 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2478 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2479
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002480 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002481
2482 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2483 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2484 specified DTT device.
2485
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002486 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2487
2488 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2489 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2490 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2491 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2492 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2493 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2494 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002495
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2497
2498 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2499 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2500 D/As on the SACSng board)
2501
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002502 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2503
2504 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2505 only SH7757 is supported.
2506
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002507 CONFIG_SPI_X
2508
2509 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2510 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2511
2512 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2513
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002514 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2515 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2516 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2517 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2518 defined, the board configuration must define several
2519 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2520 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002522 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2523
2524 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2525 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2526 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002527 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002528 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2529
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002530 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2531
2532 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002533 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002534
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002535- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2536
2537 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2538
2539 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2540
2541 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2542 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2543
2544 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2545
2546 Enables support for FPGA family.
2547 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2548
2549 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002551 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302553 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2554
2555 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002557 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002559 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002561 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002562
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002563 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2564 status by the configuration function. This option
2565 will require a board or device specific function to
2566 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567
2568 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2569
2570 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2571 configuration driver.
2572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002573 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002576 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002577
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002578 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2579 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2580 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2581 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002583 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002585 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2586 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2587 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002588 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002590 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002591
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002592 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002593 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002595 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002596
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002597 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002598 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599
2600- Configuration Management:
2601 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2602
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002603 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2604 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002605
2606- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2607
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002608 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2609 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002610 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002611 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2612 protects these variables from casual modification by
2613 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2614 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002615 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002616
2617 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2618 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002619 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002620 these parameters.
2621
2622 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2623 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002624 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2626 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2627 read-only.]
2628
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002629 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2630 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2631 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2632 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2633
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002634- Protected RAM:
2635 CONFIG_PRAM
2636
2637 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2638 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2639 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2640 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2641 this default value by defining an environment
2642 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2643 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2644 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2645 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2646 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2647 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2648 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2649
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002650 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651 saveenv
2652
2653 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2654 either, which results in a memory region that will
2655 not be affected by reboots.
2656
2657 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2658 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2659 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2660 following board configurations are known to be
2661 "pRAM-clean":
2662
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002663 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2664 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002665 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002667- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2668 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2669 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2670 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2671 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2672 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2673 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2674
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675- Error Recovery:
2676 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2677
2678 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2679 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2680 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002681 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2683 useful during development since you can try to debug
2684 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2685
2686 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2687
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002688 This variable defines the number of retries for
2689 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2690 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2691 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002693 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2694
2695 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2696
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002697 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2698
2699 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2700 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2701 try longer timeout such as
2702 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002705 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002706
2707 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2708
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002709 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2710 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002711
2712
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002713 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002714
2715 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2716 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2717 powerful command line syntax like
2718 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2719 constructs ("shell scripts").
2720
2721 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2722 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2723
2724
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002725 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002726
2727 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2728 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2729 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2730
2731 Note:
2732
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002733 In the current implementation, the local variables
2734 space and global environment variables space are
2735 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2736 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2737 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2738 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2739 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002740
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002741 Global environment variables are those you use
2742 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2743 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2744 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002745
2746 To store commands and special characters in a
2747 variable, please use double quotation marks
2748 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2749 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2750 symbols.
2751
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002752- Commandline Editing and History:
2753 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2754
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002755 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002756 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002757
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002758- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2760
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002761 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2762 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002763 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002764
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002765 For example, place something like this in your
2766 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767
2768 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2769 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2770 "myvar2=value2\0"
2771
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002772 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2773 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2774 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2775 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002776 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777 You better know what you are doing here.
2778
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002779 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2780 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002781 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002782 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002784 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2785
2786 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2787 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2788 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2789
2790 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2791
2792 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2793 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2794 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2795 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2796 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2797
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002798 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2799
2800 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2801 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2802 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2803
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002804 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2805
2806 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2807 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2808 that so that the environment is not available until
2809 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2810 this is instead controlled by the value of
2811 /config/load-environment.
2812
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002813- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002814 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2815
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002816 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2817 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2818 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002819
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002820- Serial Flash support
2821 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2822
2823 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2824 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2825
2826 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2827 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2828 commands.
2829
2830 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2831 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2832 flash is present on the system.
2833
2834 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2835 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2836 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2837 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2838
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002839 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2840
2841 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2842 test ('sf test').
2843
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302844 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2845
2846 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2847 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2848
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302849 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2850
2851 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2852 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2853 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2854
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002855- SystemACE Support:
2856 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2857
2858 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2859 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002860 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002861 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002862
2863 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002864 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002865
2866 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2867 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2868
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002869- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2870 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2871
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002872 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002873 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002874 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002875 number generator is used.
2876
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002877 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2878 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2879 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2880
2881 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002882 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2883 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2884 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2885 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2886 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2887 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2888
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002889- Hashing support:
2890 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2891
2892 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2893 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2894
2895 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2896
2897 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2898 size a little.
2899
2900 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2901 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2902
2903 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2904 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2905
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002906- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2907 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2908 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2909 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2910
2911 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2912 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2913 a boot from specific media.
2914
2915 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2916 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2917 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2918 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2919 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2920
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002921- Signing support:
2922 CONFIG_RSA
2923
2924 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002925 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002926
2927 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2928 option.
2929
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002930- bootcount support:
2931 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2932
2933 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2934 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2935
2936 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2937 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2938 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2939 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2940 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2941 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2942 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2943 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2944 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2945 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2946 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2947 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2948 the bootcounter.
2949 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002950
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002951- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002952 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2953
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002954 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2955 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2956 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2957 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2958 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2959 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002961- Detailed boot stage timing
2962 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2963 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2964 of the boot process.
2965
2966 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2967 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2968 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2969 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2970 the limit, recording will stop.
2971
2972 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2973 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2974
2975 Timer summary in microseconds:
2976 Mark Elapsed Stage
2977 0 0 reset
2978 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2979 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2980 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2981 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2982 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2983 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2984 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2985
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002986 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2987 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2988 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2989
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002990 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2991 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2992 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2993 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2994 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2995 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2996 For example:
2997
2998 bootstage {
2999 154 {
3000 name = "board_init_f";
3001 mark = <3575678>;
3002 };
3003 170 {
3004 name = "lcd";
3005 accum = <33482>;
3006 };
3007 };
3008
3009 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3010
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003011Legacy uImage format:
3012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003013 Arg Where When
3014 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003015 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003016 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003017 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003018 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003019 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003020 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3021 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3022 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003023 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003024 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3025 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3026 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3027 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003028 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003029 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003030
3031 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3032 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3033 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3034 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3035 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3036 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3037 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003038 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003039 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3040 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3041
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003042 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003043
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003044 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003045 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3046 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003047
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003048 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3049 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3050 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3051 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3052 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3053 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3054 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3055 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3056 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3057 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3058 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3059 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3060 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3061 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3062 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3063 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3064 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3065 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3066 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3067 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3068 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3069 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3070 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3071 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3072 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3073 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3074 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3075 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3076 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3077 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3078 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3079 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3080 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3081 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3082 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3083 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3084 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3085 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3086 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3087 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3088 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3089 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3090 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3091 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3092 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3093 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3094 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003095
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003096 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003098 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003099 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3100 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003101
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003102 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3103 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003104 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003105 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3106 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3107 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003108 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3109 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003110 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003111
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003112FIT uImage format:
3113
3114 Arg Where When
3115 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3116 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3117 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3118 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3119 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3120 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003121 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003122 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3123 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3124 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3125 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3126 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003127 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3128 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003129 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3130 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3131 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3132 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3133 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3134 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3135 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3136 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3137
3138 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3139 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3140 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003141 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003142 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3143 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3144 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3145 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3146 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3147 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3148 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3149 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3150 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3151 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3152 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3153 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3154
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003155 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003156 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3157
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003158 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003159 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3160
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003161 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003162 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3163
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003164- FIT image support:
3165 CONFIG_FIT
3166 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3167
3168 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3169 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3170 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3171 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3172 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3173 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3174
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003175 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3176 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3177 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3178 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3179
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003180- Standalone program support:
3181 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3182
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003183 This option defines a board specific value for the
3184 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3185 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003186 settings.
3187
3188- Frame Buffer Address:
3189 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3190
3191 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003192 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3193 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3194 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3195 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3196 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3197 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3198 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003199
3200 Please see board_init_f function.
3201
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003202- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3203 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3204 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3205 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3206
3207 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3208 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3209
3210- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3211 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3212
3213 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3214 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3215
3216 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3217
3218 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3219 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3220
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003221- UBI support
3222 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3223
3224 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3225 with the UBI flash translation layer
3226
3227 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3228
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003229 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3230
3231 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3232 warnings and errors enabled.
3233
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003234- UBIFS support
3235 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3236
3237 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3238 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3239
3240 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3241
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003242 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3243
3244 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3245 warnings and errors enabled.
3246
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003247- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003248 CONFIG_SPL
3249 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003250
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003251 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3252 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3253
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003254 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3255 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3256 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3257 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003258 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003259 must not be both defined at the same time.
3260
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003261 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003262 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3263 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3264 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3265 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003266
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003267 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3268 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003269
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003270 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3271 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3272 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3273
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003274 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3275 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3276
3277 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003278 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3279 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3280 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003281 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003282 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003283
3284 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3285 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3286
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003287 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3288 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3289 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3290 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3291
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003292 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3293 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3294
3295 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3296 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003297
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003298 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3299 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3300 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3301 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3302
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003303 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3304 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3305 See also: doc/README.falcon
3306
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003307 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3308 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3309 about the running system.
3310
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003311 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3312 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3313
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003314 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3315 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003316
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003317 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3318 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003319
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003320 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3321 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003322
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003323 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3324 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003325
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003326 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3327 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003328
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003329 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3330 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3331 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3332 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3333 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3334
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003335 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3336 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3337 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3338
3339 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3340 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3341 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3342 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3343 (for falcon mode)
3344
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003345 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3346 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3347
3348 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3349 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3350
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003351 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3352 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3353 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3354
3355 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3356 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3357 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3358
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003359 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3360 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3361 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3362 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3363 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3364
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303365 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3366 Avoid SPL relocation
3367
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003368 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3369 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3370 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3371
3372 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3373 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3374
3375 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3376 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3377
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003378 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003379 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3380 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003381
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003382 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3383 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3384 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3385
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003386 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3387 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003388 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003389
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003390 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3391 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3392 SPL binary.
3393
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003394 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3395 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3396 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3397 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3398 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3399 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003400 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003401
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303402 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3403 Add support NAND boot
3404
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003405 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003406 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3407
3408 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3409 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3410
3411 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3412 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003413
3414 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003415 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003416
3417 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3418 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3419 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3420
3421 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3422 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3423 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3424
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003425 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3426 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003427
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003428 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3429 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003430
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003431 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3432 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003433
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003434 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3435 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3436
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003437 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3438 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003439
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003440 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3441 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3442
3443 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3444 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3445 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3446 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3447
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003448 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003449 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3450 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3451 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3452 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3453 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003454
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003455 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3456 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3457 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3458 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3459
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003460 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3461 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3462 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3463 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3464 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3465
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003466- TPL framework
3467 CONFIG_TPL
3468 Enable building of TPL globally.
3469
3470 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3471 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3472 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003473 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3474 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3475 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003476
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477Modem Support:
3478--------------
3479
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003480[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003481
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003482- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3484
3485- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3486 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3487
3488- Modem debug support:
3489 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3490
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003491 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3492 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003494- Interrupt support (PPC):
3495
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003496 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3497 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003498 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003499 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003500 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003501 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003502 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003503 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3504 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3505 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003506
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507- General:
3508
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003509 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3510 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3511 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003512 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003513 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3514 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3515 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003517 If there are no modem init strings in the
3518 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3519 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003520 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
3522 See also: doc/README.Modem
3523
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003524Board initialization settings:
3525------------------------------
3526
3527During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3528to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3529before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3530following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3531architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3532typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3533
3534- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3535- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3536- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3537- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539Configuration Settings:
3540-----------------------
3541
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003542- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3543 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3547
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003548- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3549 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3550
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003551- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552 prompt for user input.
3553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003554- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003556- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003558- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3562 booted
3563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003564- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003568 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003570- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003571 If the board specific function
3572 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3573 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003576- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003577 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003579- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003580 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003582- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003583 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3584 simple memory test.
3585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003586- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003587 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003589- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003590 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3591 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003593- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3594 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003595 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003596 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003597 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3598 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3599 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003600 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003601 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003602 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003603
3604 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3605 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3606 be touched.
3607
3608 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3609 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3610 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3611 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3612 problems.
3613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003614- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003617- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003618 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3622 Cogent motherboard)
3623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003624- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003627- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003628 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3629 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003630 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003631 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003633- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003634 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3635 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3636 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3637 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003639- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003642- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003643 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3644 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003645 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003646 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003648- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3650 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003651 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3652 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003653 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003654 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003655 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003656 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3657 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3658 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003660- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3661 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3662 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3663 is enabled.
3664
3665- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3666 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3667 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3668
3669- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3670 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3671 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003673- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674 Max number of Flash memory banks
3675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003676- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003679- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3681
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003682- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003683 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003685- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003686 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3687
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003688- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003689 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003692 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3693 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003695- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003696
3697 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3698 without this option such a download has to be
3699 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3700 copy from RAM to flash.
3701
3702 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3703 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003704 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3705 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003706 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003708- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003709 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003710 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3711
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003712- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003713 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3714 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003715
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003716- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3717 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3718 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3719 to the MTD layer.
3720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003721- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003722 Use buffered writes to flash.
3723
3724- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3725 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3726 write commands.
3727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003728- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003729 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3730 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3731 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3732 optionally available.
3733
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003734- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3735 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3736 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3737 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3738
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003739- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3740 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3741 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3742 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3743 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3744 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3745 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3746 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3747
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003748- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003749 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3750 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003751 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3752 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003753 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003754 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3755
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003756- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3757
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003758 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3759 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3760 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3761 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3762 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003763
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003764- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3765- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003766 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003767 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3768 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3769 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3770
3771 The format of the list is:
3772 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003773 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3774 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003775 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3776 list = entry[,list]
3777
3778 The type attributes are:
3779 s - String (default)
3780 d - Decimal
3781 x - Hexadecimal
3782 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3783 i - IP address
3784 m - MAC address
3785
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003786 The access attributes are:
3787 a - Any (default)
3788 r - Read-only
3789 o - Write-once
3790 c - Change-default
3791
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003792 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3793 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3794 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3795
3796 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3797 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3798 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3799 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3800 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3801 ".flags" variable.
3802
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003803- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3804 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3805 access flags.
3806
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003807- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3808 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3809 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3810 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3811 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3812 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3813 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3814 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3815 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3816
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003817- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3818 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3819 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3820 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003821
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3823of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3824following configurations:
3825
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003826- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3827
3828 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3829 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003831- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
3833 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3834
3835 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3836 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3837 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3838 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3839 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3840 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3841 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3842 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3843 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3844 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3845 between U-Boot and the environment.
3846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003847 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848
3849 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3850 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3851 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3852 for this sector is given here.
3853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003854 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003856 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
3858 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3859 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003860 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003862 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863
3864 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3865
3866
3867 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3868 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3869 the environment.
3870
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003871 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003873 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003874 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3876 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3877
3878 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3879 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3880 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3881 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3882 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3883 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3884 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3885 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3886 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003888 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3889 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003891 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003892 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003893 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003894 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895
3896BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3897source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3898accordingly!
3899
3900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003901- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902
3903 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3904 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3905 environment.
3906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003907 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3908 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003910 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3912 can just be read and written to, without any special
3913 provision.
3914
3915BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3916in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003917console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918U-Boot will hang.
3919
3920Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3921environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3922keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3923to save the current settings.
3924
3925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003926- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
3928 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3929 device and a driver for it.
3930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003931 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3932 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003933
3934 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3935 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003937 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3939 The default address is zero.
3940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003941 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3943 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3944 would require six bits.
3945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003946 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003948 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003950 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3952 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003954 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003955 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3956 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3957 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3958 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3959 byte chips.
3960
3961 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3962 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3963 in the chip address.
3964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003965 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3967
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003968 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3969 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3970 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3971
3972 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3973 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3974 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3975 EEPROM. For example:
3976
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003977 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003978
3979 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3980 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003982- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003983
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003984 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003985 want to use for the environment.
3986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003987 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3988 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3989 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003990
3991 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3992 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3993 at the specified address.
3994
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003995- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3996
3997 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3998 want to use for the local device's environment.
3999
4000 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4001 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4002
4003 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4004 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4005 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004006 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004007
4008BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4009"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004010environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4011but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004013- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004014
4015 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4016 for the environment.
4017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004018 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4019 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004020
4021 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004022 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4023 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004024
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004025 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004027 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004028 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4029 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004030 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004031 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004032
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004033 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4034
4035 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4036 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4037 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4038 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4039 the range to be avoided.
4040
4041 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4042
4043 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4044 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4045 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4046 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4047 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004048
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004049- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4050
4051 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4052 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4053 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4054
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004055- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4056
4057 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4058 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4059 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4060
4061 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4062
4063 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4064
4065 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4066
4067 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4068 environment in.
4069
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004070 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4071
4072 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4073 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4074 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4075
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004076 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4077 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4078
4079 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4080 when storing the env in UBI.
4081
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004082- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4083
4084 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4085 environment.
4086
4087 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4088
4089 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4090
4091 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4092
4093 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4094 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4095 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4096
4097 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4098 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4099
4100 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4101 area within the specified MMC device.
4102
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004103 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4104 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4105 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4106 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4107 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4108 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4109 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4110
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004111 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4112 MMC sector boundary.
4113
4114 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4115
4116 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4117 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4118 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4119 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4120
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004121 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4122 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4123
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004124 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4125 an MMC sector boundary.
4126
4127 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4128
4129 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4130 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4131 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004133- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
4135 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4136 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4137 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4138 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4139 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4140 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4141 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4142
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004143Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004145created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004146until then to read environment variables.
4147
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004148The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4149is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4150with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4151necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4152"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4153have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
4155Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4156the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004157use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004159- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004160 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004162 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004163 also needs to be defined.
4164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004165- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004166 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004167
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004168- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4169 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4170 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4171 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4172 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4173 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4174
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004175- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4176 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4177 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4178 to do this.
4179
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004180- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4181 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4182 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4183 present.
4184
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004186---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004188- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004191- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004193
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004194 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4195 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4196 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004198- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4199 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4200 PowerPC SOCs.
4201
4202- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4203 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4204 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4205
4206 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4207 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4208
4209- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4210 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4211 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004212 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004213 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4214 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4215 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4216
4217 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4218 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4219
4220- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004221 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4222 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004223 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4224 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4225
4226- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4227 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4228 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4229 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4230
4231- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4232 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4233 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4234
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004235- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004236 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004237
4238 the default drive number (default value 0)
4239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004240 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004241
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004242 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004243 (default value 1)
4244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004245 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004246
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004247 defines the offset of register from address. It
4248 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004249 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004251 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4252 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004253 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004254
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004255 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004256 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4257 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4258 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4259 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004260
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004261- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4262 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4263 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4264 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4265 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4266 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4267 is requierd.
4268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004269- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004270 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004271 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004273- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004275 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4277 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4278 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4279 will become available only after programming the
4280 memory controller and running certain initialization
4281 sequences.
4282
4283 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4284 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4285 - MPC824X: data cache
4286 - PPC4xx: data cache
4287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004288- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
4290 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4292 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004294 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004295 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4296 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4297 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
4299 Note:
4300 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4301 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004302 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4304 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004306- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004308- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004310- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004312- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004314- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004316- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004318- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004319 SDRAM timing
4320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004321- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004322 periodic timer for refresh
4323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004324- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004326- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4327 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4328 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4329 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4331
4332- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004333 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4334 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004335 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004337- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4338 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4340 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004342- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4344 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004346- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004347 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4348 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004350- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4352 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4353
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004354- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4356 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4357 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4358
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004359- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004360 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4361 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4362 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4363 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004365- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4366 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4367 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4368 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4369 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4370 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4371 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4372 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004373 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004374
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004375- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4376 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4377 required.
4378
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004379- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4380 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4381 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4382 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4383 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4384 by coreboot or similar.
4385
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004386- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4387 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4388
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004389- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4390 Chip has SRIO or not
4391
4392- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4393 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4394
4395- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4396 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4397
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004398- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4399 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4400
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004401- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4402 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4403
4404- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4405 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4406
4407- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4408 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4409
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004410- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4411 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4412 a 16 bit bus.
4413 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004414 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004415 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004416 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004417
4418- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4419 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4420 a default value will be used.
4421
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004422- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004423 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4424 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4425
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004426 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4427 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004429- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004430 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4431 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4432 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004433
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004434- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4435 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4436 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4437 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4438 header files or board specific files.
4439
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004440- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4441 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004443- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004444 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4445 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004446
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004447- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4448 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4449
4450- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4451 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004452 to the given FEC; i. e.
4453 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004454 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4455
4456 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4457
4458- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4459 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4460 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4461
4462- CONFIG_RMII
4463 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4464 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4465 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4466
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004467- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4468 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4469 The syntax is:
4470
4471 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4472
4473 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4474 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4475 area should have.
4476
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004477- CONFIG_LOOPW
4478 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004479 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004480
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004481- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4482 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4483 "md/mw" commands.
4484 Examples:
4485
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004486 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004487 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4488
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004489 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004490 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4491
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004492 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004493 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004494
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004495- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004496 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004497 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4498 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4499 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004500
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004501 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4502 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4503 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4504 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004505
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004506- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004507 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4508 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4509 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004510
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004511- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4512 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4513 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4514 It is loaded by the SPL.
4515
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004516- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4517 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4518 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4519 previous 4k of the .text section.
4520
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004521- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4522 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4523 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4524 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4525 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4526 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4527 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4528 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4529
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004530- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4531 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4532 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4533 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4534 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4535
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004536- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4537 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4538 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004539
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004540- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4541 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4542
4543 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004544
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004545- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4546 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4547
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004548- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4549 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4550 driver that uses this:
4551 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4552
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004553Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4554-----------------------------------
4555
4556The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4557loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4558This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4559are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4560within that device.
4561
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004562- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4563 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4564 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4565 is also specified.
4566
4567- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4568 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004569 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4570 is also specified.
4571
4572- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4573 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4574 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4575 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4576 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4577
4578- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4579 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4580 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4581 virtual address in NOR flash.
4582
4583- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4584 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4585 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4586
4587- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4588 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4589 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4590
4591- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4592 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4593 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4594
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004595- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4596 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4597 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004598 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4599 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4600 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004601
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004602Building the Software:
4603======================
4604
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004605Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4606and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4607all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4608(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4609recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4610which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004612If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4613have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4614you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4615Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4616necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004618 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4619 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004621Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4622 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4623 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4624 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4625
4626 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4627
4628 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4629 be executed on computers running Windows.
4630
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004631U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4632sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004633is done by typing:
4634
4635 make NAME_config
4636
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004637where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004638rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4641 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4642 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4643 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004644 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646 make TQM823L_config
4647 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4650 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4656images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4659- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4660- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004662By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4663in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4664this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4665
46661. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4667
4668 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4669 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4670 make O=/tmp/build all
4671
46722. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4673
4674 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4675 make distclean
4676 make NAME_config
4677 make all
4678
4679Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4680variable.
4681
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4684for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4685native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4689to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4690steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046921. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004693 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4694 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046952. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4696 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4697 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46983. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4699 your board
47003. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4701 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
47024. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
47035. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4704 to be installed on your target system.
47056. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4706 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4710==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004711
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004712If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4713or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4715the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004716official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004718But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4719cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4721just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004722for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4723select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4724environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4725you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004733When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4734U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4735setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4736built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4737<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4738location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4739variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004740
4741 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4742 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4743 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4744
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004745With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4746log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4747during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004748
4749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753Monitor Commands - Overview:
4754============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756go - start application at address 'addr'
4757run - run commands in an environment variable
4758bootm - boot application image from memory
4759bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004760bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4762 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4763 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004764tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4766diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4767loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4768loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4769md - memory display
4770mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4771nm - memory modify (constant address)
4772mw - memory write (fill)
4773cp - memory copy
4774cmp - memory compare
4775crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004776i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777sspi - SPI utility commands
4778base - print or set address offset
4779printenv- print environment variables
4780setenv - set environment variables
4781saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4782protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4783erase - erase FLASH memory
4784flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004785nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4787iminfo - print header information for application image
4788coninfo - print console devices and informations
4789ide - IDE sub-system
4790loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004791loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792mtest - simple RAM test
4793icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4794dcache - enable or disable data cache
4795reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4796echo - echo args to console
4797version - print monitor version
4798help - print online help
4799? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4803========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
4809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810Environment Variables:
4811======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4814can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4817"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4818without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4819environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4820working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4821environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004823Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4824
4825List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004831 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004837 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4838 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4839 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4840 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4841 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4842 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004843 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4844 bootm_mapsize.
4845
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004846 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004847 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4848 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4849 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4850 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4851 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4852 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004853
4854 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4855 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4856 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4857 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4858 environment variable.
4859
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004860 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4861 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4862 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4865 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4866 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4867 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4870 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4871 be automatically started (by internally calling
4872 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4875 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4876 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4877 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4878 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004879
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004880 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4881 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004882 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4883 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4884 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4885 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4886 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4887 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4888 access it during the boot procedure.
4889
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004890 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4891 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4892 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4893 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4894 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4895 must be accessible by the kernel.
4896
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004897 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4898 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4899 defined.
4900
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004901 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4902 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4903 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4904 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4905 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004907 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4908 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4909 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4910 is usually what you want since it allows for
4911 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4912 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004913 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4915 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4916 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4917 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4920 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4921 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4922 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4923 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4924 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4929 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4930 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4931 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4932 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4933 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4934 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004938 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4939 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004951 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004952
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004953 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4954 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004956 => setenv ethact FEC
4957 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4958 => setenv ethact SCC
4959 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004961 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4962 available network interfaces.
4963 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4964
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004965 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4967 When set to "once" the network operation will
4968 fail when all the available network interfaces
4969 are tried once without success.
4970 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4971 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004973 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004974
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004975 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4976 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4977 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4978 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4979 is silent.
4980
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004981 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004982 UDP source port.
4983
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004984 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4985 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4986
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004987 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4988 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4989
4990 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4991 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4992 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4993 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4994 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4995 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4996 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4997
4998 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004999 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005000 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005001
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005002The following image location variables contain the location of images
5003used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5004not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5005variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5006server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5007loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5008flash or offset in NAND flash.
5009
5010*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5011boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5012boards use these variables for other purposes.
5013
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005014Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5015----- --------- ----------- --------------
5016u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5017Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5018device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5019ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5022updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5023depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025 bootfile - see above
5026 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5027 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5028 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5029 hostname - Target hostname
5030 ipaddr - see above
5031 netmask - Subnet Mask
5032 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5033 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005034
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005036There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5039 as type string and/or serial number
5040 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5043the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5044once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
5046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005047Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5050 with the "version" command. This variable is
5051 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5055only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005057
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005058Callback functions for environment variables:
5059---------------------------------------------
5060
5061For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5062when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5063be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5064deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5065effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5066
5067The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5068U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5069
5070These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5071static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5072in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5073associations. The list must be in the following format:
5074
5075 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5076 list = entry[,list]
5077
5078If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5079Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5080
5081Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5082with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5083override any association in the static list. You can define
5084CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5085".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5086
5087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088Command Line Parsing:
5089=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5092the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005094Old, simple command line parser:
5095--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5098- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005099- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5101 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005102 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005103- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5104 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106Hush shell:
5107-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5110 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5111 until...do...done, ...
5112- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5113 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5114 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5115 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117General rules:
5118--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5121 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5122 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5123 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005126 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5128 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5131=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005132
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005133Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5135"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5138MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5139"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5142in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5143ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5144variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5147 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5150 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5151 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5154 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5157 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5158 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5161 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005163If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005164will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005165may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5166The naming convention is as follows:
5167"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169Image Formats:
5170==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005172U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5173images in two formats:
5174
5175New uImage format (FIT)
5176-----------------------
5177
5178Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5179to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5180components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5181SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5182
5183
5184Old uImage format
5185-----------------
5186
5187Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5188preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5189details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5192 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005193 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5194 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5195 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005196* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005197 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5198 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5200* Load Address
5201* Entry Point
5202* Image Name
5203* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5206and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5207CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210Linux Support:
5211==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5214easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5215U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5218special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5219"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5220instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5221serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5224 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5225 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5228 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5231 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5232 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5233 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5234 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5235 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238Linux HOWTO:
5239============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5242---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005244U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5245configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5246(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5247Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005249But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5252include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005253Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5254and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005255as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258Configuring the Linux kernel:
5259-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5262device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265Building a Linux Image:
5266-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5269not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5270"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5271U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5272which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5273100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005275Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005277 make TQM850L_config
5278 make oldconfig
5279 make dep
5280 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5283encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5284CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5291 -R .note -R .comment \
5292 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005294* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005299
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005300 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5301 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5302 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005303
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5306with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5307combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5308byte header containing information about target architecture,
5309operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5310stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5313print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5316contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5317checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319 tools/mkimage -l image
5320 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5323from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5326 -n name -d data_file image
5327 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5328 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5329 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5330 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5331 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5332 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5333 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5334 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005335
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005336Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5337address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5338kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5341- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5346 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005347 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5349 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5350 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5351 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5352 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5353 Load Address: 0x00000000
5354 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5359 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5360 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5361 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5362 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5363 Load Address: 0x00000000
5364 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5367speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5368needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5369need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005371 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5373 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005374 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5376 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5377 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5378 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5379 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5380 Load Address: 0x00000000
5381 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005382
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5385when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5388 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5389 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5390 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5391 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5392 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5393 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5394 Load Address: 0x00000000
5395 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005396
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005397The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5398option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5399option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5400from the image:
5401
5402 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5403 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5404 indexed by 'position'
5405
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407Installing a Linux Image:
5408-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5411you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5416image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5417address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5418specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5419command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5422TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 .......... done
5427 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429 => loads 40100000
5430 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5431 ~>examples/image.srec
5432 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5433 ...
5434 15989 15990 15991 15992
5435 [file transfer complete]
5436 [connected]
5437 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005438
5439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005441this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5447 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5448 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5449 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5450 Load Address: 00000000
5451 Entry Point: 0000000c
5452 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
5454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455Boot Linux:
5456-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5459memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5460of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5461parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5462"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
5464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465 => printenv bootargs
5466 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005470 => printenv bootargs
5471 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005473 => bootm 40020000
5474 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5475 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5476 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5477 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5478 Load Address: 00000000
5479 Entry Point: 0000000c
5480 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5481 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5482 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5483 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5484 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5485 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5486 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5487 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005488
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005489If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005490the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5491format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005493 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5496 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5497 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5498 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5499 Load Address: 00000000
5500 Entry Point: 0000000c
5501 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005503 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5504 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5505 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5506 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5507 Load Address: 00000000
5508 Entry Point: 00000000
5509 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5512 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5513 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5514 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5515 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5516 Load Address: 00000000
5517 Entry Point: 0000000c
5518 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5519 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5520 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5521 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5522 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5523 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5524 Load Address: 00000000
5525 Entry Point: 00000000
5526 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5527 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5528 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5529 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5530 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5531 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5532 ...
5533 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5534 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005537
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005538Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5539-----------
5540
5541First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5542titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5543following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5544flat device tree:
5545
5546=> print oftaddr
5547oftaddr=0x300000
5548=> print oft
5549oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5550=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5551Speed: 1000, full duplex
5552Using TSEC0 device
5553TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5554Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5555Load address: 0x300000
5556Loading: #
5557done
5558Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5559=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5560Speed: 1000, full duplex
5561Using TSEC0 device
5562TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5563Filename 'uImage'.
5564Load address: 0x200000
5565Loading:############
5566done
5567Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5568=> print loadaddr
5569loadaddr=200000
5570=> print oftaddr
5571oftaddr=0x300000
5572=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5573## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005574 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5575 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5576 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005577 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005578 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005579 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5580 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5581Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5582Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5583Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5584[snip]
5585
5586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587More About U-Boot Image Types:
5588------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5593 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5594 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5595 the Standalone Program.
5596 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5597 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5598 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5599 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5600 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5601 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5602 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5603 being started.
5604 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5605 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5606 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5607 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5608 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5609 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5612 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5613 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5614 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5615 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5616 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5619 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5620 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5623 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5624 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5625 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005626
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005627Booting the Linux zImage:
5628-------------------------
5629
5630On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5631using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5632as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5633
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005634Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005635kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5636address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5637format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5638
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640Standalone HOWTO:
5641=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005643One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5644run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5645U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649"Hello World" Demo:
5650-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5653application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5654It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5655like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005657 => loads
5658 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5659 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5660 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5661 [file transfer complete]
5662 [connected]
5663 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5666 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5667 Hello World
5668 argc = 7
5669 argv[0] = "40004"
5670 argv[1] = "Hello"
5671 argv[2] = "World!"
5672 argv[3] = "This"
5673 argv[4] = "is"
5674 argv[5] = "a"
5675 argv[6] = "test."
5676 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5677 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005679 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005681Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5682handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5683Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5684The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5685character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5686controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5689 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5690 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5691 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693 => loads
5694 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5695 ~>examples/timer.srec
5696 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5697 [file transfer complete]
5698 [connected]
5699 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701 => go 40004
5702 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5703 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5704 Using timer 1
5705 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005707Hit 'b':
5708 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5709 Enabling timer
5710Hit '?':
5711 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5712 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5713Hit '?':
5714 [q, b, e, ?] .
5715 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5716Hit '?':
5717 [q, b, e, ?] .
5718 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5719Hit '?':
5720 [q, b, e, ?] .
5721 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5722Hit 'e':
5723 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5724Hit 'q':
5725 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
5727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728Minicom warning:
5729================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5732"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5733consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5734Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5735especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005736use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5737http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5738for help with kermit.
5739
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5742configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5745 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5746 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005747
5748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749NetBSD Notes:
5750=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5753(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005755Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5756NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5757need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5758Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5759attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5760missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5763 # mkdir powerpc
5764 # ln -s powerpc machine
5765 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5766 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5769and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005771Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5772stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5773proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5774tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005775meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005776
5777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005778Implementation Internals:
5779=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005781The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5782implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5783inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5784hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005785
5786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005787Initial Stack, Global Data:
5788---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5791starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5792system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5793This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5794is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5795at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5796options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5797models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5798MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5799locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005800
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005801 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005802 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005804 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5805 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5806 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5807 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5810 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5811 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5812 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5813 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005814 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5816 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005818 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5819 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005820 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005821 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5822 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5823 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5824 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005826 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5828 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005829 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5831 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5832 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5833 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5834 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005836 -Chris Hallinan
5837 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5840code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5843 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005844
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005845* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005846 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5847 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005849* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5850 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5853normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5854turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5855simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5856functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5857functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5858the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5859place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5860reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005862When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5863relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5864GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005866For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5867 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005868 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005869 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5870 R5-R10: parameter passing
5871 R13: small data area pointer
5872 R30: GOT pointer
5873 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005874
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005875 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5876 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5877 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005878
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005879 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5882 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5883 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5884 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5885 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5886 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005887
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005888On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005889 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5890
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005891 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005893On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895 R0: function argument word/integer result
5896 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005897 R9: platform specific
5898 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5900 R12: temporary workspace
5901 R13: stack pointer
5902 R14: link register
5903 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005904
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005905 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5906
5907 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005909On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5910 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5911
5912 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5913
5914 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5915 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5916
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005917On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5918
5919 R0-R1: argument/return
5920 R2-R5: argument
5921 R15: temporary register for assembler
5922 R16: trampoline register
5923 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5924 R29: global pointer (GP)
5925 R30: link register (LP)
5926 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5927 PC: program counter (PC)
5928
5929 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5930
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005931NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5932or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934Memory Management:
5935------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5938MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5941controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5942memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5943physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5946TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5947booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5948to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005949memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5951Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5954of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005956So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5957this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005959 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5960 :
5961 0x0000 1FFF
5962 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5963 :
5964 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005966 :
5967 :
5968 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5969 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5970 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5971 :
5972 0x00FD FFFF
5973 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5974 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5975 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5976 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
5978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005979System Initialization:
5980----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005983(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5985To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5986To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5987initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5988which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5989part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5990the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005992Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5993preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5994(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5995on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5996programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5997simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5998banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6001different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6002bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
60030x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6004contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006006Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6007and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6008Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6009pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006011Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6012until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6013running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6014new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006015
6016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006017U-Boot Porting Guide:
6018----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6021list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
6023
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006024int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025{
6026 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006027
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006028 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6029 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006031 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006032 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006033 return 0;
6034 }
6035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006036 Download latest U-Boot source;
6037
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006038 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006039
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006040 if (clueless)
6041 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043 while (learning) {
6044 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006045 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6046 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006048 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006049 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006051 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6052 Buy a BDI3000;
6053 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006054 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006055
6056 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6057 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6058 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6059 } else {
6060 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6061 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006062 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006063 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6064 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006065
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006066 while (!accepted) {
6067 while (!running) {
6068 do {
6069 Add / modify source code;
6070 } until (compiles);
6071 Debug;
6072 if (clueless)
6073 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6074 }
6075 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6076 if (reasonable critiques)
6077 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6078 else
6079 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006080 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082 return 0;
6083}
6084
6085void no_more_time (int sig)
6086{
6087 hire_a_guru();
6088}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006089
6090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006091Coding Standards:
6092-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006094All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006095coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006096"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006097
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006098Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6099MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6100reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6101sources.
6102
6103Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6104Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6105in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106
6107Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6108- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006109- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006110- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006111- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006112- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6113
6114Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6115with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006116
6117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006118Submitting Patches:
6119-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006121Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6122establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6123may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006125Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006126
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006127Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6128see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006130When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6131it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006133* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6134 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6135 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006137* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6138 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006140* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6141
6142* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6143
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006144* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6145 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006146
6147* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6148 document these in the README file.
6149
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006150* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6151 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006152 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006153 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6154 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006155
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006156 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6157 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6158 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006159
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006160 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6161 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6162 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6163 affected files).
6164
6165 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6166 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006167
6168* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6169 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6170
6171* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6172 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6173
6174
6175Notes:
6176
6177* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6178 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6179 for any of the boards.
6180
6181* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6182 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6183 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6184
6185* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6186 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6187 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6188 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6189 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6190 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006191
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006192* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6193 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6194 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6195 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.